B5a 1342 10 PDF

KMM-203
KMM-103
DIGITAL MEDIA RECEIVER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
© 2016 JVC KENWOOD Corporation B5A-1342-10 (MN)
JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_C_4.indd 1 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 21-Sep-16 11:57:22 AM

Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)
CONTENTS BEFORE USE
BEFORE USE 2 IMPORTANT
• To ensure proper use, please read through this manual before using this product. It is especially important that you read and observe
BASICS 3
Warning and Caution in this manual.
GETTING STARTED 4 • Please keep the manual in a safe and accessible place for future reference.
1 Select the display language WARNING
and cancel the demonstration • Do not operate any function that takes your attention away from safe driving.
2 Set the clock and date • Do not ingest the battery, Chemical Burn Hazard
3 Set the initial settings The remote control supplied with this product contains a coin/button cell battery.
RADIO 5 If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death.
Keep new and used batteries away from children.
USB/iPod/ANDROID 7 If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away from children.
If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate medical attention.
AUX 9
Caution
Pandora® Volume setting:
(for ) 10 • Adjust the volume so that you can hear sounds outside the car to prevent accidents.
• Lower the volume before playing digital sources to avoid damaging the speakers by the sudden increase of the output level.
AUDIO SETTINGS 11
General:
DISPLAY SETTINGS 12 • Avoid using the external device if it might hinder safe driving.
TROUBLESHOOTING 13 • Make sure all important data has been backed up. We shall bear no responsibility for any loss of recorded data.
• Never put or leave any metallic objects (such as coins or metal tools) inside the unit, to prevent a short circuit.
REFERENCES 14 • Depending on the types of cars, the antenna will automatically extend when you turn on the unit with the antenna control wire connected
Maintenance ( 17). Turn off the unit or change the source to STANDBY when parking at a low ceiling area.
More information Remote control (RC-406):
INSTALLATION/ • Do not leave the remote control in hot places such as on the dashboard.
CONNECTION 15 • The Lithium battery is in danger of explosion if replaced incorrectly. Replace it only with the same or equivalent type.
• The battery pack or batteries shall not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like.
SPECIFICATIONS 18
iHeartRadio® How to read this manual
(for ) 19 • Operations are explained mainly using buttons on the faceplate of .
• English indications are used for the purpose of explanation. You can select the display language from the [FUNCTION] menu. ( 5)
• [XX] indicates the selected items.
• ( XX) indicates references are available on the stated page.
2 ENGLISH
JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_EN_4.indd 2 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 21-Sep-16 11:49:16 AM

BASICS
Faceplate Remote control (RC-406)
Volume knob Display window Remote sensor (Do not

expose to bright sunlight.)
Pull out the

insulation sheet
when using for
the first time.
Detach button * Not used
Attach Detach How to reset How to replace the battery
Your preset adjustments will be

erased except stored radio stations.
To On the faceplate On the remote control

Turn on the power Press . Press and hold SRC to turn off the power.
• Press and hold to turn off the power. ( Pressing SRC does not turn on the power. )
Adjust the volume Turn the volume knob. Press or .
• Press and hold to continuously increase
the volume to 15.
Press ATT during playback to attenuate the sound.
• Press again to cancel.
Select a source Press repeatedly. Press SRC repeatedly.
Change the display information Press DISP repeatedly. ( 15) ( Not available )
ENGLISH 3
JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_EN_4.indd 3 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 21-Sep-16 11:49:18 AM

GETTING STARTED
To set the date
7 Turn the volume knob to select [DATE FORMAT], then press the knob.
8 Turn the volume knob to select [DD/MM/YY] or [MM/DD/YY], then press
the knob.
9 Turn the volume knob to select [DATE SET], then press the knob.
10 Turn the volume knob to make the settings, then press the knob.
Day Month Year or Month Day Year
1 11 Press and hold to exit.

Select the display language and cancel the demonstration
To return to the previous setting item, press .
When you turn on the power (or after you reset the unit), the display
shows: “SEL LANGUAGE” “PRESS” “VOLUME KNOB” 3 Set the initial settings
1 Turn the volume knob to select [ENG] (English) or [TUR] (Turkish),
then press the knob. 1 Press repeatedly to enter STANDBY.
[ENG] is selected for the initial setup. 2 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION].
Then, the display shows: “CANCEL DEMO” “PRESS” • Pressing AUD enters [AUDIO CONTROL] directly.
“VOLUME KNOB”. 3 Turn the volume knob to select an item (see the following table),
2 Press the volume knob. then press the knob.
[YES] is selected for the initial setup. 4 Repeat step 3 until the desired item is selected or activated.
3 Press the volume knob again. 5 Press and hold to exit.
“DEMO OFF” appears. To return to the previous setting item, press .
2 Set the clock and date Default: XX
1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. AUDIO CONTROL

2 Turn the volume knob to select [CLOCK], then press the knob. SWITCH PREOUT REAR/SUB-W: Selects whether rear speakers or a subwoofer are
To adjust the clock connected to the line out terminals on the rear (through an external
3 Turn the volume knob to select [CLOCK ADJUST], then press the knob. amplifier). ( 17)
4 Turn the volume knob to make the settings, then press the knob. SP SELECT OFF/ 5/4/ 6 × 9/6/ OEM: Selects according to the speaker size (5 inches
Hour Minute or 4 inches, 6×9 inches or 6 inches) or OEM speakers for optimum
5 Turn the volume knob to select [CLOCK FORMAT], then press the knob. performance.
6 Turn the volume knob to select [12H] or [24H], then press the knob.
4 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_EN_4.indd 4 21-Sep-16 11:49:19 AM
GETTING STARTED RADIO
TUNER SETTING
PRESET TYPE NORMAL: Memorizes one station for each preset button in each band
( RADIO). ; MIX: Memorizes one station for each preset button,
regardless of the selected band.
SYSTEM
KEY BEEP ON: Activates the keypress tone. ; OFF: Deactivates.
TDF ALARM ON: Activates the alarm if you forget to detach the faceplate when ACC is Supported band: FM1/FM2/FM3/AM/SW1/SW2
set to OFF. ; OFF: Deactivates.
SOURCE SELECT Search for a station
PANDORA SRC (For ) 1 Press repeatedly to select TUNER.
ON: Enables PANDORA in source selection. ; OFF: Disables. ( 10) 2 Press repeatedly (or press / on the remote
BUILT-IN AUX ON: Enables AUX in source selection. ; OFF: Disables. ( 9) control) to select the band.
3 Press S / T (or press S / on the remote control) to
F/W UPDATE search for a station.
UPDATE SYSTEM • To change the searching method for S / T: Press
F/W UP xxxx YES: Starts upgrading the firmware. ; NO: Cancels (upgrading is not repeatedly.
activated). AUTO1 : Automatically search for a station.
For details on how to update the firmware, visit AUTO2 : Search for a preset station.
<www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/>. MANUAL : Manually search for a station.
• To store a station: Press and hold one of the number buttons (1 to 6).
CLOCK • To select a stored station: Press one of the number buttons (1 to 6)
CLOCK DISPLAY ON: The clock time is shown on the display even when the unit is turned (or press one of the number buttons (1 to 6) on the remote control).
off. ; OFF: Cancels.
ENGLISH Select the display language for [FUNCTION] menu and music Direct Access Tuning (using the remote control)
information if applicable.
TURKCE 1 Press DIRECT to enter Direct Access Tuning.
By default, [ENGLISH] is selected.
2 Press the number buttons to enter a frequency.
3 Press to search for a station.
• To cancel, press or DIRECT.
• If no operation is done for 10 seconds after step 2, Direct Access Tuning
is automatically canceled.
ENGLISH 5

RADIO
Other settings PTY SEARCH 1 Turn the volume knob to select the available Program Type, then press
the knob.
1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. 2 Turn the volume knob to select the PTY language (ENGLISH/FRENCH/
2 Turn the volume knob to select an item (see the following table), GERMAN), then press the knob.
then press the knob. 3 Press S / T to start searching.
3 Repeat step 2 until the desired item is selected or activated.
4 Press and hold to exit. CLOCK
To return to the previous setting item, press . TIME SYNC ON: Synchronizes the unit’s time to the Radio Data System station time. ;
OFF: Cancels.
Default: XX
TUNER SETTING
Available Program Type for [PTY SEARCH]
LOCAL SEEK ON: Searches only AM/SW1/SW2 stations with good reception. ; SPEECH : NEWS, AFFAIRS, INFO (information), SPORT, EDUCATE, DRAMA,
OFF: Cancels. CULTURE, SCIENCE, VARIED, WEATHER, FINANCE, CHILDREN, SOCIAL,
• Settings made are applicable only to the selected source/station. Once you RELIGION, PHONE IN, TRAVEL, LEISURE, DOCUMENT
change the source/station, you need to make the settings again. MUSIC : POP M (music), ROCK M (music), EASY M (music), LIGHT M (music),
AUTO YES: Automatically starts memorizing 6 stations with good reception. ; CLASSICS, OTHER M (music), JAZZ, COUNTRY, NATION M (music),
MEMORY NO: Cancels. OLDIES, FOLK M (music)
• Selectable only if [NORMAL] is selected for [PRESET TYPE]. ( 5) The unit will search for the Program Type categorized under [SPEECH] or
[MUSIC] if selected.
MONO SET ON: Improves the FM reception, but the stereo effect may be lost. ;
OFF: Cancels. • [MONO SET]/[NEWS SET]/[REGIONAL]/[AF SET]/[TI]/[PTY SEARCH] is selectable
only when the band is FM1/FM2/FM3.
NEWS SET ON: The unit will temporarily switch to News Programme if available. ; • If the volume is adjusted during reception of traffic information, alarm
OFF: Cancels. or news bulletin, the adjusted volume is memorized automatically. It
REGIONAL ON: Switches to another station only in the specific region using the “AF” will be applied the next time traffic information, alarm or news bulletin
control. ; OFF: Cancels. is turned on.
AF SET ON: Automatically searches for another station broadcasting the same
program in the same Radio Data System network with better reception
when the current reception is poor. ; OFF: Cancels.
TI ON: Allows the unit to temporarily switch to Traffic Information if available
(“TI” lights up). ; OFF: Cancels.
6 ENGLISH

USB/iPod/ANDROID
Start playback
The source changes automatically and
playback starts.
USB input terminal

USB
To On the faceplate On the remote control
CA-U1EX (max.: 500 mA) Playback/pause Press . Press .
(optional accessory)
Reverse/Fast-forward*4 Press and hold S / T. Press and hold S / .
iPod/iPhone (for )
Select a file Press S / T. Press S / .
Select a folder*5 Press J / K. Press / .
KCA-iP102/KCA-iP103
(optional accessory)*1 Repeat play*6 Press repeatedly.
or accessory of the iPod/ FILE REPEAT/FOLDER REPEAT/ALL REPEAT: MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC file
iPhone*2 FILE REPEAT/FOLDER REPEAT/REPEAT OFF: iPod or ANDROID
Random play*6 Press repeatedly.
ANDROID*3 FOLDER RANDOM/RANDOM OFF: MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC file, iPod or
ANDROID
Press and hold to select ALL RANDOM.
Micro USB 2.0 cable*2
(commercially available) *3 When connecting an Android device, “Press [VIEW] to install KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY APP” is shown. Follow the instructions
to install the application. You can also install the latest version of KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY application on your Android device
before connecting. For more information, visit <www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/>.
*1 KCA-iP102 : 30-pin type, KCA-iP103 : Lightning type *4 For ANDROID: Applicable only when [BROWSE MODE] is selected. ( 8)
*2 Do not leave the cable inside the car when not using. *5 Only for MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC files. This does not work for iPod/ANDROID.
*6 For iPod/ANDROID: Applicable only when [MODE OFF]/[BROWSE MODE] is selected. ( 8)
ENGLISH 7

USB/iPod/ANDROID
Select control mode Select a file from a folder/list

While in iPod source, press 5 repeatedly. For iPod/ANDROID, applicable only when [MODE OFF]/[BROWSE MODE] is selected.
MODE ON : Control iPod using the iPod itself. However, you can 1 Press .
still play/pause, file skip, fast-forward or reverse from 2 Turn the volume knob to select a folder/list, then press the knob.
this unit. 3 Turn the volume knob to select a file, then press the knob.
MODE OFF : Control iPod from this unit.
Quick Search (applicable only for USB and ANDROID source)
While in ANDROID source, press 5 repeatedly. If you have many files, you can search through them quickly.
BROWSE MODE : Control Android device from this unit via Turn the volume knob quickly to browse through the list quickly.
KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY application installed in the
Android device. Skip Search (applicable only for iPod and ANDROID source)
HAND MODE : Control Android device using the Android device Press S / T to search at a preset skip search ratio. ( 9, [SKIP SEARCH])
itself via other media player applications installed • Pressing and holding S / T searches at a 10% ratio.
in the Android device. However, you can still play/
pause and file skip from this unit. Alphabet search (applicable only for iPod and ANDROID source)
You can search for a file according to the first character.
Select music drive For iPod source

1 Turn the volume knob quickly to enter character search.
While in USB source, press 5 repeatedly. 2 Turn the volume knob to select the character.
Stored songs in the following drive will be played back. • Select “ ” to search for a character other than A to Z, 0 to 9.
• Selected internal or external memory of a smartphone (Mass
*
3 Press S / T to move to the entry position.
Storage Class). • You can enter up to 3 characters.
• Selected drive of a multiple drives device. 4 Press the volume knob to start searching.
For ANDROID source
Listen to TuneIn Radio/TuneIn Radio Pro/Aupeo 1 Press J / K to enter character search.
(for ) 2 Turn the volume knob to select the character.
^A^: Upper case letters (A to Z)
While listening to TuneIn Radio, TuneIn Radio Pro or Aupeo, _A_: Lower case letters (a to z)
connect the iPod/iPhone to the USB input terminal of the unit. -0-: Numbers (0 to 9)
• The unit will output the sound from these applications. : Character other than A to Z, 0 to 9
***
3 Press the volume knob to start searching.
• To return to the root folder/first file/top menu, press 5.

• To return to the previous setting item, press .
• To cancel, press and hold .
8 ENGLISH

USB/iPod/ANDROID AUX
Preparation:
Direct Music Search (using the remote control)
Select [ON] for [BUILT-IN AUX] in [SOURCE SELECT]. ( 5)
1 Press DIRECT.
2 Press the number buttons to enter a file number.
3 Press to search for music.
Start listening
• To cancel, press or DIRECT. 1 Connect a portable audio player (commercially available).

• Not available if Random Play is selected. Auxiliary input jack
• Not applicable for iPod and ANDROID source. Portable audio player
Other settings
1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION].
2 Turn the volume knob to select an item (see the following 3.5 mm stereo mini plug with “L” shaped
table), then press the knob.
connector (commercially available)
3 Repeat step 2 until the desired item is selected or activated.
4 Press and hold to exit.
2 Press repeatedly to select AUX.
To return to the previous setting item, press . 3 Turn on the portable audio player and start playback.
Default: XX
Set the AUX name
USB
MUSIC DRIVE DRIVE CHANGE: The next drive ([DRIVE 1] to [DRIVE 5]) is While listening to a portable audio player connected to the unit...
selected automatically and playback starts. 1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION].
Repeat steps 1 to 3 to select the following drives. 2 Turn the volume knob to select [SYSTEM], then press the knob.
3 Turn the volume knob to select [AUX NAME SET], then press the knob.
SKIP SEARCH 0.5%/1%/5%/10%: While listening to iPod or ANDROID source, 4 Turn the volume knob to select an item, then press the knob.
selects the skip search ratio over the total files. AUX (default)/DVD/PORTABLE/GAME/VIDEO/TV
ENGLISH 9

Pandora® (for )
Preparation:
Create and save a new station
Install the latest version of the Pandora application on your device (iPhone/iPod
touch), then create an account and log in to Pandora. 1 Press .
• Select [ON] for [PANDORA SRC] in [SOURCE SELECT]. ( 5) 2 Turn the volume knob to select [NEW STATION], then press the
knob.
3 Turn the volume knob to select [FROM ARTIST] or [FROM TRACK],
Start listening then press the knob.
1 Open the Pandora application on your device. A new station is created based on the artist or current song.
2 Connect your device to the USB input terminal. 4 Press and hold one of the number buttons (1 to 5) to store.
To select a stored station: Press one of the number buttons
USB input terminal
(1 to 5).
Search for a registered station

KCA-iP102/KCA-iP103 (optional accessory)*1 1 Press .
or accessory of the iPod/iPhone*2 2 Turn the volume knob to select an item, then press the
knob.
[BY DATE]: According to the registered date
The source changes to PANDORA and broadcast starts. [A-Z]: By alphabetical order
3 Turn the volume knob (or press J / K on the remote control)
To On the faceplate On the remote control to select the desired station.
Playback/pause Press . Press . 4 Press the volume knob (or press on the remote
control) to confirm.
Skip a track Press T. Press .
To cancel, press and hold .
Thumbs up or thumbs down*3 Press J / K. Press / .
*1 KCA-iP102 : 30-pin type, KCA-iP103 : Lightning type Bookmark current song information
*2 Do not leave the cable inside the car when not using. Press and hold the volume knob.
*3 If thumbs down is selected, the current track is skipped. “BOOKMARKED” appears and the information is stored to your
device.
• The bookmark is available on your Pandora account but not on
this unit.
10 ENGLISH

Pandora® (for ) AUDIO SETTINGS
While listening to any source...
Delete a station
1 Press AUD to enter [AUDIO CONTROL] directly.
While listening to PANDORA... 2 Turn the volume knob to select an item (see the following table), then press the knob.
1 Press . 3 Repeat step 2 until the desired item is selected or activated.
2 Turn the volume knob to select [STATION DEL], 4 Press and hold to exit.
then press the knob.
3 Turn the volume knob to select [BY DATE] or [A-Z], To return to the previous setting item, press .
then press the knob. (or using the remote control)
4 Turn the volume knob to select the desired
station to delete, then press the knob. 1 Press AUD to enter [AUDIO CONTROL].
5 Turn the volume knob to select [YES], then press 2 Press J / K to select an item, then press .
the knob.
6 Press and hold to exit. Default: XX
To return to the previous setting item, press . AUDIO CONTROL
SUB-W LEVEL –15 to +15 (0) Adjusts the subwoofer output level.
BASS LEVEL –8 to +8 (+2)
Adjusts the level to memorize for each source. (Before making an adjustment,
MID LEVEL –8 to +8 (+1)
select the source you want to adjust.)
TRE LEVEL –8 to +8 (+1)
EQ PRO (This setting is stored to [USER].)
BASS ADJUST BASS CTR FRQ 60/80/100/200: Selects the center frequency.
BASS LEVEL –8 to +8 (+2): Adjusts the level.
BASS Q FACTOR 1.00/1.25/1.50/2.00: Adjusts the quality factor.
BASS EXTEND ON: Turns on the extended bass. ; OFF: Cancels.
MID ADJUST MID CTR FRQ 0.5KHZ/1.0KHZ/1.5KHZ/2.5KHZ: Selects the center frequency.
MID LEVEL –8 to +8 (+1): Adjusts the level.
MID Q FACTOR 0.75/1.00/1.25: Adjusts the quality factor.
TRE ADJUST TRE CTR FRQ 10.0KHZ/12.5KHZ/15.0KHZ/17.5KHZ: Selects the center frequency.
TRE LEVEL –8 to +8 (+1): Adjusts the level.
ENGLISH 11

AUDIO SETTINGS DISPLAY SETTINGS
PRESET EQ DRIVE EQ/TOP40/POWERFUL/ROCK/POPS/EASY/JAZZ/NATURAL/ Set the dimmer
USER: Selects a preset equalizer suitable to the music genre.
(Select [USER] to use the settings made in [EQ PRO].) Press and hold DISP (DIMMER) to turn on or off the dimmer.
[DRIVE EQ] is a preset equalizer that reduces noise outside the car or • If you have set [DIMMER TIME], it will be canceled once you press and
running noise of the tyres. hold this button.
BASS BOOST LV1/LV2/LV3: Selects your preferred bass boost level. ; OFF: Cancels.

Other settings
LOUDNESS LV1/LV2: Selects your preferred low and high frequencies boost to
produce a well-balanced sound at a low volume level. ; OFF: Cancels. 1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION].
2 Turn the volume knob to select an item (see the following
SUBWOOFER SET ON: Turns on the subwoofer output. ; OFF: Cancels. table), then press the knob.
LPF SUBWOOFER THROUGH: All signals are sent to the subwoofer. ; 3 Repeat step 2 until the desired item is selected/activated or
85HZ/120HZ/160HZ: Audio signals with frequencies lower than follow the instructions stated on the selected item.
85 Hz/120 Hz/160 Hz are sent to the subwoofer. 4 Press and hold to exit.
SUB-W PHASE REVERSE (180°)/NORMAL (0°): Selects the phase of the subwoofer To return to the previous setting item, press .
output to be in line with the speaker output for optimum performance.
(Selectable only if a setting other than [THROUGH] is selected for Default: XX
[LPF SUBWOOFER].)
DISPLAY
FADER R15 to F15 (0): Adjusts the rear and front speaker output balance.
DIMMER Dim the display illumination.
BALANCE L15 to R15 (0): Adjusts the left and right speaker output balance. ON: Dimmer is turned on. ; OFF: Cancels.
VOLUME OFFSET For AUX: –8 to +8 (0) ; For other sources: –8 to 0: Preset the initial DIMMER TIME: Set the dimmer on and off time.
volume level of each source. (Before adjustment, select the source you 1 Turn the volume knob to adjust the [ON] time, then press the
want to adjust.) knob.
2 Turn the volume knob to adjust the [OFF] time, then press the
SOUND RECNSTR ON: Creates realistic sound by compensating the high-frequency knob.
(Sound reconstruction) components and restoring the rise-time of the waveform that are lost in (Default: [ON]: 6:00PM; [OFF]: 6:00AM)
audio data compression. ; OFF: Cancels.
BRIGHTNESS 0 to 31: Select your preferred brightness level for the display
• [SUB-W LEVEL]/[SUBWOOFER SET]/[LPF SUBWOOFER]/[SUB-W PHASE] is selectable illumination.
only if [SWITCH PREOUT] is set to [SUB-W]. ( 4) TEXT SCROLL AUTO/ONCE: Select whether to scroll the display information
• [SUB-W LEVEL]/[LPF SUBWOOFER]/[SUB-W PHASE] is selectable only if automatically, or scroll only once. ; OFF: Cancels.
[SUBWOOFER SET] is set to [ON].
12 ENGLISH

TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom Remedy Symptom Remedy
Sound cannot be heard. • Adjust the volume to the optimum level. “NO DEVICE” Connect a USB device, and change the source to USB again.
• Check the cords and connections.
“COPY PRO” A copy-protected file is played.
“MISWIRING CHECK WIRING Turn the power off, then check to be sure the terminals
USB/iPod
“NA DEVICE” Connect a supported USB device, and check the
THEN PWR ON” appears. of the speaker wires are insulated properly. Turn the
connections.
power on again.
“NO MUSIC” Connect a USB device that contains playable audio files.
General
“PROTECTING SEND SERVICE” Send the unit to the nearest service center.
appears. “iPod ERROR” • Reconnect the iPod.
• Reset the iPod.
• Sound cannot be heard. Clean the connectors. ( 14)
• The unit does not turn on. • Sound cannot • Reconnect the Android device.
• Information shown on the be heard during • If in [HAND MODE], launch any media player application
display is incorrect. playback. on the Android device and start playback.
• Sound output only • If in [HAND MODE], relaunch the current media player
The unit does not work at all. Reset the unit. ( 3)
from the Android application or use another media player application.
• Radio reception is poor. Connect the antenna firmly. device. • Restart the Android device.
Radio
• Static noise while listening • If this does not solve the problem, the connected Android
to the radio. device is unable to route the audio signal to unit. ( 15)
“READING” keeps flashing. Do not use too many hierarchical levels or folders. Cannot playback at • Make sure KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY APP is installed on the
[BROWSE MODE]. Android device. ( 7)
Elapsed playing time is not This is caused by how the files are recorded.
• Reconnect the Android device and select the appropriate
ANDROID
correct.
control mode.
Correct characters are not • This unit can only display uppercase letters, • If this does not solve the problem, the connected Android
displayed (e.g. album name). numbers, and a limited number of symbols. device does not support [BROWSE MODE]. ( 15)
• Depending on the display language you have
USB/iPod
“NO DEVICE” or • Switch off the developer options on the Android device.
selected ( 5), some characters may not be
“READING” keeps • Reconnect the Android device.
displayed correctly.
flashing. • If this does not solve the problem, the connected Android
“NA FILE” Make sure the media contains supported audio files. device does not support [BROWSE MODE]. ( 15)
( 14)
Playback is intermittent Turn off the power saving mode on the Android device.
“READ ERROR” Copy the files and folders onto the USB device again. If or sound skips.
this does not solve the problem, reset the USB device
“ANDROID ERROR”/ • Reconnect the Android device.
or use another USB device.
“NA DEVICE” • Restart the Android device.
ENGLISH 13

TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCES
Symptom Remedy Maintenance
“ADD ERROR” New station creation is unsuccessful. Cleaning the unit
Wipe off dirt on the faceplate with a dry silicone or soft cloth.
“CHECK DEVICE” Check the Pandora application on your device.
“NO SKIPS” The skip limit has been reached. Cleaning the connector
Detach the faceplate and clean the connector gently with a cotton
“NO STATIONS” No stations are found. swab, being careful not to damage the connector.
“STATION LIMIT” The number of registered stations has reached
its limit. Retry after deleting unnecessary Connector (on the reverse
Pandora
stations from your device. More information side of the faceplate)

“CONNECT ERROR” Communication is unstable. For: – Latest firmware updates and latest compatible item list
– Any other latest information
“RATING ERROR” Registration of thumbs up/thumbs down has
Visit <www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/>.
failed due to insufficient network connectivity.
“THUMBS N/A” Registration of thumbs up/thumbs down is Playable files
not allowed. • Playable audio file for USB mass storage class device: MP3 (.mp3), WMA (.wma), WAV (.wav), FLAC (.flac)
• Playable USB device file system: FAT12, FAT16, FAT32
“LICENSE ERROR” You try to access from a country which Pandora
is not deliverable. Even when audio files comply with the standards listed above, playback may be impossible depending on
the types or conditions of media or device.
• For detailed information and notes about the playable audio files, visit
<www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/audiofile/>.
Muting upon the reception of a phone call
Connect the MUTE wire to your telephone using a commercial telephone About USB devices
accessory. ( 17) • You cannot connect a USB device via a USB hub.
When a call comes in, “CALL” appears. (The audio system pauses.) • Connecting a cable whose total length is longer than 5 m may result in abnormal playback.
• To continue listening to the audio system during a call, press . • This unit cannot recognize a USB device whose rating is other than 5 V and exceeds 1 A.
“CALL” disappears and the audio system resumes.
When the call ends, “CALL” disappears. (The audio system resumes.) About iPod/iPhone
Made for
– iPod touch (2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th generation)
– iPod classic
– iPod nano (3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th generation)
– iPhone 3G, 3GS, 4, 4S, 5, 5S, 5C, 6, 6 Plus, 6S, 6S Plus, SE
• You cannot operate iPod if “KENWOOD” or “ ” is displayed on iPod.
• Depending on the version of the operating system of the iPod/iPhone, some functions may not operate
on this unit.
14 ENGLISH

REFERENCES INSTALLATION/CONNECTION
About Android device Warning
• This unit supports Android OS 4.1 and above. • The unit can only be used with a 12 V DC power supply, negative ground.
• Some Android devices (with OS 4.1 and above) may not fully support Android Open Accessory (AOA) 2.0. • Disconnect the battery’s negative terminal before wiring and mounting.
• If the Android device supports both mass storage class device and AOA 2.0, this unit always playback via • Do not connect Battery wire (yellow) and Ignition wire (red) to the car chassis
AOA 2.0 as priority. or Ground wire (black) to prevent a short circuit.
About Pandora • Insulate unconnected wires with vinyl tape to prevent a short circuit.
• Pandora is only available in certain countries. • Be sure to ground this unit to the car’s chassis again after installation.
For more information, visit <http://www.pandora.com/legal>.
• Because Pandora is a third-party service, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice. Caution
Accordingly, compatibility may be impaired, or some or all of the services may become unavailable. • For safety’s sake, leave wiring and mounting to professionals. Consult the car
• Some functions of Pandora cannot be operated from this unit. audio dealer.
• For issues using the application, please contact Pandora at pandora-support@pandora.com. • Install this unit in the console of your vehicle. Do not touch the metal parts of
this unit during and shortly after use of the unit. Metal parts such as the heat
Change the display information sink and enclosure become hot.
Each time you press DISP, the display information changes. • Do not connect the [ wires of speakers to the car chassis or Ground wire
• If the information is unavailable or not recorded, “NO TEXT”, “NO INFO”, or other information (eg. station (black), or connect them in parallel.
name, playing time) appears. • Mount the unit at an angle of less than 30º.
• If your vehicle wiring harness does not have the ignition terminal, connect
Source name Display information Ignition wire (red) to the terminal on the vehicle’s fuse box which provides
12 V DC power supply and is turned on and off by the ignition key.
STANDBY Source name Clock (back to the beginning) • Keep all cables away from heat dissipate metal parts.
TUNER Frequency Clock (back to the beginning) • After the unit is installed, check whether the brake lamps, blinkers, wipers,
etc. on the car are working properly.
(For FM Radio Data System stations only) • If the fuse blows, first make sure the wires are not touching car’s chassis, then
Station name Radio text Radio text+ Title/Artist Frequency Clock replace the old fuse with one that has the same rating.
(back to the beginning)
USB (For MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC files) Basic procedure
Music title/Artist Album title/Artist Folder name File name Playing time 1 Remove the key from the ignition switch, then disconnect the [
Clock (back to the beginning) terminal of the car battery.
iPod or When [MODE OFF]/[BROWSE MODE] is selected. ( 8) 2 Connect the wires properly.
ANDROID Music title/Artist Album title/Artist Playing time Clock (back to the beginning) See Wiring connection. ( 17)
3 Install the unit to your car.
PANDORA Station name Shared/Radio station Music title Artist Album title See Installing the unit (in-dash mounting). ( 16)
Playing time Clock (back to the beginning) 4 Connect the [ terminal of the car battery.
AUX Source name Clock (back to the beginning) 5 Reset the unit. ( 3)
ENGLISH 15

INSTALLATION/CONNECTION
Installing the unit (in-dash mounting) When installing without the mounting sleeve
1 Remove the mounting sleeve and trim plate from the unit.
2 Align the holes in the unit (on both sides) with the vehicle mounting bracket
and secure the unit with screws (supplied).
Do the required wiring.

( 17)
The following screws are supplied:
Round head screws (M5 × 8 mm) ×4

To secure the mounting
Hook on the top side bracket
Flat head screws (M5 × 8 mm) ×4
Orientate the trim plate as Dashboard of
your car To secure the ground
illustrated before fitting. Sems screws (M4 × 8 mm) ×1
wire (black)
Use only the specified screws. Using wrong screws might damage the unit.
Bend the appropriate tabs to hold the

mounting sleeve firmly in place. Part list for installation
How to remove the unit

1 Detach the faceplate.
2 Remove the trim plate.
3 Insert the extraction keys deeply into (A) Faceplate (B) Trim plate (C) Mounting sleeve
the slots on each side, then follow the
arrows as shown on the illustration.
(D) Extraction key (E) Wiring harness
16 ENGLISH

INSTALLATION/CONNECTION
Wiring connection
IMPORTANT: We recommend installing the unit with a

commercially available custom wiring harness specific for your car
and leave this job to professionals for your safety. Consult your car Output terminals
audio dealer. Fuse (10 A)
When connecting to an external amplifier, connect its ground wire Antenna terminal
to the car’s chassis to avoid damaging the unit.
White
To front speaker (left) White/Black If no connections are made, do not let the wire come out from the tab.
Gray Brown To the terminal that is grounded when the
To front speaker (right) Gray/Black (Mute control wire) telephone rings or during conversation ( 14)
Green (To connect the Kenwood navigation system,
To rear speaker (left) Green/Black refer your navigation manual.)
Purple
To rear speaker (right) Purple/Black
Blue/White To the power control terminal when using the
Ignition switch Car fuse box (Power control wire/ optional power amplifier or to the antenna
Red (Ignition wire) Antenna control wire) control terminal in the vehicle
(12 V 350 mA)
Yellow (Battery wire) Light blue/yellow

(Steering remote control To the steering wheel remote control adapter
Car fuse box
Black (Ground wire) wire)
Battery To the metallic body or chassis of the car
ENGLISH 17

SPECIFICATIONS
FM Frequency Range 87.5 MHz — 108.0 MHz (50 kHz space) Channel Separation 90 dB
Channel Space Selection 50 kHz MP3 Decode Compliant with MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer-3
USB
Usable Sensitivity (S/N = 26 dB) 8.2 dBf (0.71 μV/75 Ω) WMA Decode Compliant with Windows Media Audio
Quieting Sensitivity 17.2 dBf (2.0 μV/75 Ω) WAV Decode Linear-PCM
(DIN S/N = 46 dB)
FLAC Decode FLAC file (Up to 48 kHz/16 bit)
Frequency Response (±3 dB) 30 Hz — 15 kHz
Maximum Output Power 50 W × 4
Signal-to-Noise Ratio (MONO) 64 dB
Full Bandwidth Power 22 W × 4 (at less than 1 % THD)
Stereo Separation (1 kHz) 40 dB
Speaker Impedance 4 Ω — 8 Ω
AM Frequency Range Band 1 (AM) 531 kHz — 1 602 kHz
Tuner
(9 kHz space) Tone Action Bass 100 Hz ±8 dB
Audio
Band 2 (SW1) 2 940 kHz — 7 735 kHz Middle 1.0 kHz ±8 dB
(5 kHz space) Treble 12.5 kHz ±8 dB
Band 3 (SW2) 9 500 kHz — 10 135 kHz/ Preout Level/Load (USB) 2 500 mV/10 kΩ
11 580 kHz — 18 135 kHz
(5 kHz space) Preout Impedance ≤ 600 Ω
Channel Space Selection Band 1 9 kHz Frequency Response (±3 dB) 20 Hz — 20 kHz
Auxiliary
Band 2/ 3 5 kHz Input Maximum Voltage 1 000 mV
Usable Sensitivity AM 29.0 dBμ (28.2 μV) Input Impedance 30 kΩ
(S/N = 20 dB)
SW 30 dBμ (32 μV)
Operating Voltage 14.4 V (10.5 V — 16 V allowable)
USB Standard USB 1.1, USB 2.0 Full Speed Maximum Current Consumption 10 A
General
File System FAT12/16/32 Operational Temperature Range –10°C — +60°C
Maximum Supply Current DC 5 V 1 A Installation Size (W × H × D) 182 mm × 53 mm × 114 mm
USB
Frequency Response (±1 dB) 20 Hz — 20 kHz Net Weight (includes Trimplate, 0.6 kg
Mounting Sleeve)
Signal-to-Noise Ratio (1 kHz) 105 dB
Dynamic Range 88 dB Subject to change without notice.
18 ENGLISH

iHeartRadio® (for )
Preparation: To On the faceplate On the remote control
Install the latest version of iHeart Link for KENWOOD application on
your device (iPhone/iPod touch), then create an account and log in to Playback/pause Press . Press .
iHeartRadio. Skip a track for custom station Press T. Press .
Thumbs up or thumbs down*3 for custom station Press J / K. ( Not available )
Enable IHEARTRADIO source Create a new/custom station Press 1. ( Not available )
1 Press repeatedly to enter STANDBY. Add to favorite stations for live station Press 2. ( Not available )
2 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. Scan for live station Press 3. ( Not available )
3 Turn the volume knob to select an item, then press the knob.
[SYSTEM] [SOURCE SELECT] [IHEART SRC] [ON]
4 Press and hold to exit. Search for a station
• To return to the previous setting item, press . 1 Press .
• To disable, select [OFF] in step 3. Initially, [ON] is selected. 2 Turn the volume knob to select a category, then press the knob.
3 Turn the volume knob (or press J / K on the remote control) to select the desired station.
4 Press the volume knob (or press on the remote control) to confirm.
Start listening When a city list appears, you can skip cities in alphabetical order.
1 Open the iHeart Link application on your device. To cancel, press and hold .
2 Connect your device to the USB input terminal.
Skip cities by alphabetical order
USB input terminal While a city list appears during search...
1 Turn the volume knob quickly to enter character search.
2 Turn the volume knob or press S / T to select the character to be searched for.
3 Press J / K to move to the previous/next page.
4 Press the volume knob to start searching.
KCA-iP102/KCA-iP103 (optional To cancel, press and hold .
accessory)*1 or accessory of the
iPod/iPhone*2 Delete a station
3 Press repeatedly to select IHEARTRADIO. While listening to IHEARTRADIO...
Broadcast starts automatically. 1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION].
2 Turn the volume knob to select an item, then press the knob.
*1 KCA-iP102 : 30-pin type, KCA-iP103 : Lightning type [SYSTEM] [STATION DEL] [LIVE]/[CUSTOM]
*2 Do not leave the cable inside the car when not using. 3 Turn the volume knob to select the desired station to delete, then press the knob.
*3 If thumbs down is selected, the current track is skipped. 4 Turn the volume knob to select [YES], then press the knob.
ENGLISH 19

iHeartRadio® (for )
Change the display information • “Made for iPod,” and “Made for iPhone” mean that an electronic accessory has
been designed to connect specifically to iPod, or iPhone, respectively, and has
Each time you press DISP, the display information changes. been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is
Station name Music title/Artist Clock (back to the beginning) not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and
• If the information is unavailable or not recorded, “NO TEXT”, “NO INFO”, or other information (eg. station regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod or iPhone
name, playing time) appears. may affect wireless performance.
• iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
About iHeartRadio registered in the U.S. and other countries.
• Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc.
• iHeartRadio® is a third-party service, therefore the specifications are subject to change without prior notice. • Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or
Accordingly, compatibility may be impaired or some or all of the services may become unavailable. registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission.
• Some iHeartRadio® functionality cannot be operated from this unit. • iHeartRadio® and iHeartAuto™ are trademarks owned by iHeartMedia, Inc. All uses
are authorized under license.
• Android is trademark of Google Inc.
Symptom Remedy
iHeartRadio station cannot If “Explicit Content” in [Account Settings] is checked in the web version of libFLAC
be selected. iHeartRADIO, custom stations become unavailable. Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009 Josh Coalson
“CANNOT CREATE” Custom station name creation is unsuccessful. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are
permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
“CANNOT SAVE” Addition to the favorite category failed. - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of
“DISCONNECTED” Check the connection to the device. conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
“NO SKIPS” The skip limit has been reached. Retry later.
TROUBLESHOOTING
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
“NO STATIONS” No stations are found. materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its contributors may
“NOT CONNECTED” Link to the application is impossible. be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
“IHEARTLINK UP” Make sure you have installed the latest version of the iHeart Link for prior written permission.
KENWOOD application on your device. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS “AS
IS” AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
“PLEASE LOGIN” You haven’t log in. Log in again. THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
“STATION NOT AVAILABLE” Broadcast from the station is over. PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
“STATION NOT SELECTED” No station is selected. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
“STREAM ERROR” Broadcast data is interrupted. SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
“THUMB FAILED” Registration of Thumbs Up/Down has failed. IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
“TIMED OUT” The request has resulted in time-out. ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
20 ENGLISH

( ‫ )ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬iHeartRadio®
• “Made for iPod,” and “Made for iPhone” mean that an electronic accessory has ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
been designed to connect specifically to iPod, or iPhone, respectively, and has
been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple .‫ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬،DISP ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety (‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬/‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod or ،‫“ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ )ﻣﺜﻼ‬NO INFO” ‫“ ﺃﻭ‬NO TEXT” ‫ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬،‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
iPhone may affect wireless performance. .(‫ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬،‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬
• iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. iHeartRadio ‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
• Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc.
• Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or ‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‬،‫ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬iHeartRadio® ‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. .‫ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‬
• iHeartRadio® and iHeartAuto™ are trademarks owned by iHeartMedia, Inc. All .‫ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬iHeartRadio® ‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
uses are authorized under license.
• Android is trademark of Google Inc.
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬
libFLAC ‫“ ﻓﻲ‬Explicit Content” ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺻﺢ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‬
Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009 Josh Coalson ‫ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬،‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬iHeartRADIO ‫[ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬Account Settings] .iHeartRadio ‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are .‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
permitted provided that the following conditions are met: .‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬ “CANNOT CREATE”
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer. .‫ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬ “CANNOT SAVE”
.‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ “DISCONNECTED”
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ‬

- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution. .‫ ﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ ﹰ‬.‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬ “NO SKIPS”
- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its contributors .‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬ “NO STATIONS”
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission. .‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬ “NOT CONNECTED”
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS “AS ‫ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬iHeart Link ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ‬ “IHEARTLINK UP”
IS” AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, .‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬KENWOOD
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS .‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‬.‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ “PLEASE LOGIN”
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR .‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬ “STATION NOT AVAILABLE”
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS .‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‬ “STATION NOT SELECTED”
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER .‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‬ “STREAM ERROR”
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .‫ ﻟﻼﺳﻔﻞ‬/‫ﻓﺸﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻼﻋﻠﻰ‬ “THUMB FAILED”
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ‬ “TIMED OUT”
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ 20
JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_AR.indd 20 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 21/9/2016 10:47:53 AM

‫(‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬ ‫®‪iHeartRadio‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ‪ iHeart Link‬ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ KENWOOD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬ ‫)‪ ،(iPod touch/iPhone‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.T‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻄﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬ ‫‪.iHeartRadio‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.J / K‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻼﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻼﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬
‫) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ (‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪*3‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ‪IHEARTRADIO‬‬
‫) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ (‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.1‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪/‬ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.STANDBY‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ (‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺑﺚ ﺣﻲ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.2‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪.[FUNCTION‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ (‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺑﺚ ﺣﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫]‪[ON] [IHEART SRC] [SOURCE SELECT] [SYSTEM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻻﺑﻄﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]‪ [OFF‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﺍﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J / K‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪.[ON‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﺑﺠﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ iHeart Link‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﺑﺠﺪﻱ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪...‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ T / S‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J / K‬ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪KCA-iP103/KCA-iP102‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‬ ‫)ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‪*1‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪*2iPhone/iPod‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪...IHEARTRADIO‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪.[FUNCTION‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪.IHEARTRADIO‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫]‪[CUSTOM]/[LIVE] [STATION DEL] [SYSTEM‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[YES‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ : KCA-iP102 *1‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺑﻮﺱ‪ : KCA-iP103 ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪ *2‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ *3‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫‪JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_AR.indd 19‬‬ ‫‪Data Size:‬‬ ‫)‪B6L (182 mm x 128 mm‬‬ ‫‪21/9/2016 10:47:54 AM‬‬
‫‪Book Size:‬‬ ‫)‪B6L (182 mm x 128 mm‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 90‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪ 87.5‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ‪ 108.0‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫‪FM‬‬
‫)ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 50‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer-3‬‬ ‫ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ‪MP3‬‬
‫‪ 50‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ‪Windows Media Audio‬‬ ‫ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ‪WMA‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 0.71) 8.2 dBf‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 75 /‬ﺍﻭﻡ(‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ PCM‬ﺧﻄﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ‪WAV‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ‪) FLAC‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 48‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 16 /‬ﺑﺖ(‬ ‫ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ‪FLAC‬‬ ‫)‪ 26 = S/N‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫‪ 2.0) 17.2 dBf‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 75 /‬ﺍﻭﻡ(‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺪﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 50‬ﻭﺍﻁ × ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‬ ‫)‪ 46 = DIN S/N‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫‪ 22‬ﻭﺍﻁ × ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫‪ 30‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ‪ 15‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫)ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1 %‬ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺸﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬ ‫)‪ ±3‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺃﻭﻡ — ‪ 8‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ 64‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ )ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ± 8‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ 40‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪ 1.0‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ± 8‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪ 12.5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ± 8‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺓ‬ ‫‪ 531 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ‪ 1 602‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫‪AM‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ )‪ 2 500 (USB‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 10/‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 9‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬ ‫)‪(AM‬‬
‫‪ 2 940 2‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ‪ 7 735‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫≥ ‪ 600‬ﺍﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬ ‫)‪(SW1‬‬
‫‪ 9 500 3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ‪ 10 135‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫‪ 20‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ‪ 20‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ )‪ ±3‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 11 580‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ‪ 18 135‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫)‪(SW2‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪ 1 000‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ‬ ‫‪ 9 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫‪ 5 3/2‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫‪ 30‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫‪ 29.0‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪ 28.2‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ(‬ ‫‪AM‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 30‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪ 32‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ(‬ ‫‪SW‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ 14.4‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪ 10.5‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ — ‪ 16‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ(‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫)‪ 20 = S/N‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ –10‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ — ‪ +60‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪ USB 2.0 ،USB 1.1‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻗﺼﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ 182‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 53‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 114‬ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬ ‫‪32/16/FAT12‬‬

‫)ﻋﺮﺽ × ﻃﻮﻝ × ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ(‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪ 5‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻺﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 20‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ‪ 20‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ )‪ ±1‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 0.6‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻲ )ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺠﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ(‬ ‫‪ 105‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‬
‫)‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 88‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﻼﻙ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻭﺇﻳﻜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ 10‬ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺻﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ(‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‪/‬ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻳﺒﺮﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﻀﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ(‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ‪/‬ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫)ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ )‪( 14‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬ ‫)ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،Kenwood‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ(‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‪/‬ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ(‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪/‬ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫)ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪/‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ )ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ(‬
‫‪ 350‬ﻣﻴﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﻣﺒﻴﺮ(‬ ‫)‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻔﺮ )ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ‪/‬ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫)ﺳﻠﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ )ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ(‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ )ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ )ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫)ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪(17 ) .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪×4‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻣﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ )‪ 8 × M5‬ﻣﻢ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪ ﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪×4‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ )‪ 8 × M5‬ﻣﻢ(‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫‪×1‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ )‪ 8 × M4‬ﻣﻢ(‬
‫)ﺍﺳﻮﺩ(‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬

‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺠﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (C‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬ ‫)‪ (B‬ﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻨﺔ‬ ‫)‪ (A‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻌﻤﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (E‬ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‬ ‫)‪ (D‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪Android‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ Android OS 4.1‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺳﻠﺒﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪) Android‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ OS 4.1‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻰ( ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪.Android Open Accessory (AOA) 2.0‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ( ﻭﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ )ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ( ﺑﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬ ‫•‬ ‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Android‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭ ‪ ،AOA 2.0‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ )ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ( ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺎﺱ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ AOA 2.0‬ﻛﺄﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺰﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺎﺱ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪Pandora‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫• ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ Pandora‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ >‪.<http://www.pandora.com/legal‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫• ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Pandora‬ﻫﻮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻔﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪ Pandora‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻛﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫•‬ ‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑـ ‪ Pandora‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪.pandora-support@pandora.com‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺒﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ [ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ( ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،DISP‬ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪.30º‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “NO TEXT‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ “NO INFO‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬ ‫)ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ )ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ( ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ(‬ ‫‪STANDBY‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ(‬ ‫‪TUNER‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫)ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ‪) Radio Data System‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻼﻓﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻭﻻ ﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪ FM‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻤﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪(FLAC/WAV/WMA/MP3‬‬ ‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ [ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ iPod‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ANDROID‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪(8 ) .[BROWSE MODE]/[MODE OFF‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‪(17 ) .‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫)ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ )ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ(‪(16 ) .‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪/‬ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ [ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪PANDORA‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪(3 ) .‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ(‬ ‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“ADD ERROR‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Pandora‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“CHECK DEVICE‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“NO SKIPS‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻄﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“NO STATIONS‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“STATION LIMIT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪Pandora‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ(‬
‫ﻟـ‪ – :‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“CONNECT ERROR‬‬
‫– ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻔﻖ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫”‪“RATING ERROR‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ >‪.<www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫”‪“THUMBS N/A‬‬
‫• ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﺫﻭ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪،(.wma) WMA ،(.mp3) MP3 :‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪(.flac) FLAC ،(.wav) WAV‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫”‪“LICENSE ERROR‬‬
‫• ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪FAT32 ،FAT16 ،FAT12 :‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Pandora‬ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫>‪.<www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/audiofile/‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪ MUTE‬ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪(17 ) .‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪USB‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ‪.USB‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) .“CALL‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻟﻪ ‪ 5‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻭﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ”‪ “CALL‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪iPhone/iPod‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ”‪) .“CALL‬ﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪Made for‬‬
‫– ‪ 5th ،4th ،3rd ،2nd) iPod touch‬ﻭ ‪(6th generation‬‬
‫– ‪iPod classic‬‬
‫– ‪ 6th ،5th ،4th ،3rd) iPod nano‬ﻭ ‪(7th generation‬‬
‫– ‪SE ،6S Plus ،6S ،6 Plus ،6 ،5C ،5S ،5 ،4S ،4 ،3GS ،iPhone 3G‬‬
‫• ﻟﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪ “KENWOOD‬ﺃﻭ “ ” ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.iPod‬‬
‫• ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،iPhone/iPod‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫”‪“NO DEVICE‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“COPY PRO‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪iPod/USB‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“NA DEVICE‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ‪“MISWIRING CHECK‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ‬ ‫”‪“NO MUSIC‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫”‪.WIRING THEN PWR ON‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟـ ‪.iPod‬‬ ‫”‪“iPod ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ‪“PROTECTING SEND‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪.iPod‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫”‪.SERVICE‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Android‬‬ ‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ]‪ ،[HAND MODE‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪(14 ) .‬‬ ‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Android‬ﻭﺍﺑﺪﺃ‬ ‫• ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫• ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ Android‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ]‪ ،[HAND MODE‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪(3 ) .‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Android‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺭﺩﻱﺀ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺿﺠﻴﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ Android‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪(15 ) .‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY APP‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺍﺻﻞ ”‪ “READING‬ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪ANDROID‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪(7 ) .Android‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ]‪.[BROWSE MODE‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﹰ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Android‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ]‪(15 ) .[BROWSE MODE‬‬ ‫• ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ )ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫‪iPod/USB‬‬
‫• ﺍﻃﻔﺊ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Android‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺍﺻﻞ ”‪ “NO DEVICE‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫• ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ) ‪ ،(5‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻟﺒﻮﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Android‬‬ ‫”‪ “READING‬ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ]‪(15 ) .[BROWSE MODE‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“NA FILE‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻔﺊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Android‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫) ‪(14‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪“READ ERROR‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Android‬‬ ‫”‪/“ANDROID ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪USB‬‬
‫• ﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Android‬‬ ‫”‪“NA DEVICE‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﺃﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪/NATURAL/JAZZ/EASY/POPS/ROCK/POWERFUL/TOP40/DRIVE EQ‬‬ ‫‪PRESET EQ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎ ﹺﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬‫‪ :USER‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ DISP (DIMMER‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]‪ [USER‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ]‪(.[EQ PRO‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ]‪ ،[DIMMER TIME‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﺻﻠﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪ [DRIVE EQ‬ﺪﻨﺒﻟﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫‪ :LV3/LV2/LV1‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪BASS BOOST‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪.[FUNCTION‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ :LV2/LV1‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬ ‫‪LOUDNESS‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪SUBWOOFER SET‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :THROUGH‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ‪ .‬؛‬ ‫‪LPF SUBWOOFER‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ :160HZ/120HZ/85HZ‬ﺗﹸﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 85‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 120/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 160/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ :(0°) NORMAL/(180°) REVERSE‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ‬ ‫‪SUB-W PHASE‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪XX :‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ‪) .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ]‪ [THROUGH‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫]‪(.[LPF SUBWOOFER‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫‪ R15‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ :(0) F15‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪FADER‬‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :DIMMER TIME‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ L15‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ :(0) R15‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ]‪ ،[ON‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ –8 :AUX‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ (0) +8‬؛ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ –8 :‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪VOLUME OFFSET‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :0‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ]‪ ،[OFF‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫)ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪6:00PM :[ON] :‬؛ ]‪(6:00AM :[OFF‬‬ ‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺻﻮﺗﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫‪SOUND RECNSTR‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺿﺎﻋﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫)ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ :31‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪BRIGHTNESS‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ONCE/AUTO‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪TEXT SCROLL‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪[SUB-W PHASE]/[LPF SUBWOOFER]/[SUBWOOFER SET]/[SUB-W LEVEL‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ]‪ [SWITCH PREOUT‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪(4 ) .[SUB-W‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [SUB-W PHASE]/[LPF SUBWOOFER]/[SUB-W LEVEL‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫]‪ [SUBWOOFER SET‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[ON‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫(‬ ‫®‪) Pandora‬ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‪...‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ AUD‬ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪ [AUDIO CONTROL‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪...PANDORA‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[STATION DEL‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [BY DATE‬ﺃﻭ ]‪،[A-Z‬‬
‫)ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ(‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ AUD‬ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ]‪.[AUDIO CONTROL‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J / K‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[YES‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪XX :‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪AUDIO CONTROL‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ –15‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(0) +15‬‬ ‫‪SUB-W LEVEL‬‬
‫‪ –8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(+2) +8‬‬ ‫‪BASS LEVEL‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‪) .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫‪ –8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(+1) +8‬‬ ‫‪MID LEVEL‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ –8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(+1) +8‬‬ ‫‪TRE LEVEL‬‬
‫‪)EQ PRO‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟـ ]‪(.[USER‬‬
‫‪ :200/100/80/60‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪BASS CTR FRQ‬‬ ‫‪BASS ADJUST‬‬
‫‪ –8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ :(+2) +8‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪BASS LEVEL‬‬
‫‪ :2.00/1.50/1.25/1.00‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪BASS Q FACTOR‬‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪BASS EXTEND‬‬
‫‪ :2.5KHZ/1.5KHZ/1.0KHZ/0.5KHZ‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪MID CTR FRQ‬‬ ‫‪MID ADJUST‬‬
‫‪ –8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ :(+1) +8‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪MID LEVEL‬‬
‫‪ :1.25/1.00/0.75‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪MID Q FACTOR‬‬
‫‪ :17.5KHZ/15.0KHZ/12.5KHZ/10.0KHZ‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪TRE CTR FRQ‬‬ ‫‪TRE ADJUST‬‬
‫‪ –8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ :(+1) +8‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪TRE LEVEL‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫(‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬ ‫®‪Pandora‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Pandora‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ )‪ ،(iPod touch/iPhone‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.Pandora‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[NEW STATION‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫• ﺣﺪﺩ ]‪ [ON‬ﻟـ ]‪ [PANDORA SRC‬ﻓﻲ ]‪(5 ) .[SOURCE SELECT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [FROM ARTIST‬ﺃﻭ ]‪،[FROM TRACK‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Pandora‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻣﻦ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.(5‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪) KCA-iP103/KCA-iP102‬ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‪*1‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪*2iPhone/iPod‬‬
‫]‪ :[BY DATE‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﺑﺠﺪﻱ‬ ‫]‪:[A-Z‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﺍﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J / K‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ PANDORA‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.T‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.J / K‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‪*3‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “BOOKMARKED‬ﺗﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ( ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ : KCA-iP102 *1‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺑﻮﺱ‪ : KCA-iP103 ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Pandora‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫‪ *2‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ *3‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬ ‫‪ANDROID/iPod/USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ )ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ(‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ]‪ [ON‬ﻟـ ]‪ [BUILT-IN AUX‬ﻓﻲ ]‪(5 ) .[SOURCE SELECT‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.DIRECT‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺍﺀ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ‪.DIRECT‬‬ ‫• ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫• ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬ ‫• ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ iPod‬ﻭ ‪.ANDROID‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪.[FUNCTION‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ‪ 3.5‬ﻣﻢ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ”‪) “L‬ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺍﺀ(‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪.AUX‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪XX :‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺳﻢ ‪AUX‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ :DRIVE CHANGE‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )]‪ [DRIVE 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪.[FUNCTION‬‬
‫‪MUSIC DRIVE‬‬
‫]‪ ([DRIVE 5‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[SYSTEM‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[AUX NAME SET‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :10%/5%/1%/0.5%‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ iPod‬ﺃﻭ ‪،ANDROID‬‬ ‫‪SKIP SEARCH‬‬
‫‪) AUX‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‪TV/VIDEO/GAME/PORTABLE/DVD/‬‬ ‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫‪ANDROID/iPod/USB‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،ANDROID/iPod‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]‪.[BROWSE MODE]/[MODE OFF‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ ،iPod‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪ : MODE ON‬ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : MODE OFF‬ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ )ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ USB‬ﻭ ‪(ANDROID‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ ،ANDROID‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ : BROWSE MODE‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Android‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫‪ KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY‬ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Android‬‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ )ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ iPod‬ﻭ ‪(ANDROID‬‬ ‫‪ : HAND MODE‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Android‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪Android‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ S / T‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪([SKIP SEARCH] ،9 ) .‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ S / T‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ‪.10%‬‬ ‫‪ .Android‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ )ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ iPod‬ﻭ ‪(ANDROID‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪iPod‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ ،USB‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺘﺮ “ ” ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ A‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Z‬ﻭ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.9‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ )‪.(Mass Storage Class‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ S / T‬ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫*‬ ‫• ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪Aupeo/TuneIn Radio Pro/TuneIn Radio‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ANDROID‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J / K‬ﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ TuneIn Radio‬ﺃﻭ ‪ TuneIn Radio Pro‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،Aupeo‬ﺻﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫^‪ :^A‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ )‪ A‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(Z‬‬ ‫‪ iPhone/iPod‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫_‪ :_A‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ )‪ a‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(z‬‬ ‫• ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :-0-‬ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ )‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(9‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ A‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Z‬ﻭ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪9‬‬ ‫***‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.5‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ANDROID/iPod/USB‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪USB‬‬

‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪) CA-U1EX‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪(500 mA :‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬ ‫)ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪*4‬‬ ‫‪iPhone/iPod‬‬
‫‪.S /‬‬ ‫‪.S / T‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫‪.S /‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.S / T‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫‪KCA-iP103/KCA-iP102‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.J / K‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪*5‬‬ ‫)ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‪ *1‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪*6‬‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪*2iPhone/iPod‬‬
‫‪ :ALL REPEAT/FOLDER REPEAT/FILE REPEAT‬ﻣﻠﻒ ‪FLAC/WAV/WMA/MP3‬‬
‫‪ iPod :REPEAT OFF/FOLDER REPEAT/FILE REPEAT‬ﺃﻭ ‪ANDROID‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫‪ANDROID*3‬‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪*6‬‬
‫‪ :RANDOM OFF/FOLDER RANDOM‬ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ iPod، FLAC/WAV/WMA/MP3‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ANDROID‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB 2.0‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪*2‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪.ALL RANDOM‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫)ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺍﺀ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،Android‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ”‪ .“Press [VIEW] to install KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY APP‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪*3‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ : KCA-iP102 *1‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺑﻮﺱ‪ : KCA-iP103 ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ >‪.<www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/‬‬
‫‪ *2‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟـ ‪ :ANDROID‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪(8 ) .[BROWSE MODE‬‬ ‫‪*4‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ .FLAC/WAV/WMA/MP3‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ‪.ANDROID/iPod‬‬ ‫‪*5‬‬
‫ﻟـ ‪ :ANDROID/iPod‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪(8 ) .[BROWSE MODE]/[MODE OFF‬‬ ‫‪*6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪PTY SEARCH‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪/FRENCH/ENGLISH) PTY‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪.[FUNCTION‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ،(GERMAN‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ S / T‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪CLOCK‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ .‬؛‬ ‫‪TIME SYNC‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪XX :‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ]‪[PTY SEARCH‬‬

‫‪TUNER SETTING‬‬
‫‪) ،AFFAIRS ،NEWS : SPEECH‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ( ‪،CULTURE ،DRAMA ،EDUCATE ،SPORT ،INFO‬‬ ‫‪ :ON‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ‪ SW2/SW1/AM‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬؛‬ ‫‪LOCAL SEEK‬‬
‫‪،RELIGION ،SOCIAL ،CHILDREN ،FINANCE ،WEATHER ،VARIED ،SCIENCE‬‬ ‫‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪DOCUMENT ،LEISURE ،TRAVEL ،PHONE IN‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬
‫‪) : MUSIC‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ‪) ،POP M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ‪) ،ROCK M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ‪،EASY M‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ‪) ،CLASSICS ،LIGHT M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ‪،COUNTRY ،JAZZ ،OTHER M‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ‪) ،OLDIES ،NATION M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ‪FOLK M‬‬ ‫‪ :YES‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺟﻴﺪ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :NO‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪AUTO‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪ [SPEECH‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ [MUSIC‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [NORMAL‬ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫‪MEMORY‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [PTY SEARCH]/[TI]/[AF SET]/[REGIONAL]/[NEWS SET]/[MONO SET‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫]‪(5 ) .[PRESET TYPE‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ‪ FM3/FM2/FM1‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪﻩ‪ .‬؛‬ ‫‪MONO SET‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ‪ .‬؛‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ :ON‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪NEWS SET‬‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪REGIONAL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ”‪ .“AF‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺒﺚ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪AF SET‬‬
‫‪ Radio Data System‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﺊ‪ .‬؛‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ﹰ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪TI‬‬
‫)ﻳﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ”‪ .(“TI‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪TUNER SETTING‬‬
‫‪ :NORMAL‬ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬ ‫‪PRESET TYPE‬‬
‫) ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ(‪ .‬؛ ‪ :MIX‬ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺑﻐﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪SYSTEM‬‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪KEY BEEP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻡ‪SW2/SW1/AM/FM3/FM2/FM1 :‬‬ ‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﻨﺸﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ ACC‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪TDF ALARM‬‬
‫‪ .OFF‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪SOURCE SELECT‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻟﻒ ‪.TUNER‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫(‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪PANDORA SRC‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪ :ON‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪ PANDORA‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﻣﻌﻄﻞ‪(10 ) .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :ON‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪ AUX‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﻣﻌﻄﻞ‪(9 ) .‬‬ ‫‪BUILT-IN AUX‬‬
‫‪ S /‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪) S / T‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ( ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪F/W UPDATE‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟـ ‪ :S / T‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬

‫‪UPDATE SYSTEM‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : AUTO1‬ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :YES‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :NO‬ﻳﻠﻐﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﻄﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪F/W UP xxxx‬‬
‫‪ : AUTO2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ : MANUAL‬ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫>‪.<www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/‬‬
‫• ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.(6‬‬ ‫‪CLOCK‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(6‬‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ (6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫‪CLOCK DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻔﺄﺓ‪ .‬؛ ‪ :OFF‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﻭﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ )ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ(‬
‫‪ENGLISH‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ DIRECT‬ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪TURKCE‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]‪.[ENGLISH‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪.DIRECT‬‬ ‫• ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮﺍ ﹴﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ،2‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪ 7‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[DATE FORMAT‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [DD/MM/YY‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ ،[MM/DD/YY‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ 9‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[DATE SET‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺃﻟﻎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ(‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫”‪“VOLUME KNOB” “PRESS” “SEL LANGUAGE‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪) [ENG‬ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ]‪[TUR‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.STANDBY‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [ENG‬ﻛﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪.[FUNCTION‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪“VOLUME KNOB” “PRESS” “CANCEL DEMO” :‬‬
‫• ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪ AUD‬ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ]‪.[AUDIO CONTROL‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [YES‬ﻛﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 3‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪.“DEMO OFF‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪XX :‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪.[FUNCTION‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[CLOCK‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪AUDIO CONTROL‬‬
‫‪ :SUB-W/REAR‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ‬ ‫‪SWITCH PREOUT‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[CLOCK ADJUST‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ )ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺻﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ(‪(17 ) .‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :OEM /6 × 9/6 /5/4 /OFF‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪SP SELECT‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫)‪-5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪-4‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪-6×9 ،‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪-6‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ OEM‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[CLOCK FORMAT‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [12H‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ ،[24H‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺳ ﹼﻴﺎﺕ‬‫ﺃﹶ‬
‫ﺭﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )‪(RC-406‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ )ﺗﺠﻨﺐ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻊ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ‬

‫ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ SRC‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫) ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ SRC‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪( .‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 15‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ATT‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ (‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ DISP‬ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪(15 ) .‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫• ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﻤﻌﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺳ ﹼﻴﺎﺕ‬‫ﺃﹶ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺃﻟﻎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻚ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ‪/‬ﺯﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻉ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ‪/‬ﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪ANDROID/iPod/USB‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪AUX‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫®‪Pandora‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺿﺮﺭ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ ‪13‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻧﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ( ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫• ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ ) ‪ .(17‬ﺍﻃﻔﺊ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ‪ STANDBY‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺳﻘﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )‪:(RC-406‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺭﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫®‪iHeartRadio‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻻﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪(5 ) .[FUNCTION‬‬ ‫•‬
‫]‪ [XX‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫) ‪ (XX‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
KMM-203
KMM-103
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_C_4.indd 2 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 21-Sep-16 11:57:22 AM


B5a 1342 10 PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

B5a 1342 10 PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

KMM-203

© 2016 JVC KENWOOD Corporation B5A-1342-10 (MN)

JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_C_4.indd 1 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 21-Sep-16 11:57:22 AM

JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_EN_4.indd 2 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 21-Sep-16 11:49:16 AM

Volume knob Display window Remote sensor (Do not

Pull out the

Detach button * Not used

Attach Detach How to reset How to replace the battery

Your preset adjustments will be

To On the faceplate On the remote control

JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_EN_4.indd 3 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 21-Sep-16 11:49:18 AM

1 11 Press and hold to exit.

2 Set the clock and date Default: XX

1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. AUDIO CONTROL

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

USB input terminal

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Select control mode Select a file from a folder/list

Select music drive For iPod source

• To return to the root folder/first file/top menu, press 5.

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

• To cancel, press or DIRECT. 1 Connect a portable audio player (commercially available).

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Search for a registered station

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

BASS BOOST LV1/LV2/LV3: Selects your preferred bass boost level. ; OFF: Cancels.

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

stations from your device. More information side of the faceplate)

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Do the required wiring.

Round head screws (M5 × 8 mm) ×4

Bend the appropriate tabs to hold the

How to remove the unit

(D) Extraction key (E) Wiring harness

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

IMPORTANT: We recommend installing the unit with a

Yellow (Battery wire) Light blue/yellow

Battery To the metallic body or chassis of the car

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

(9 kHz space) Tone Action Bass 100 Hz ±8 dB

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ‬

JS_KWD_KMM_203_MN_AR.indd 20 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 21/9/2016 10:47:53 AM

‫‪ 182‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 53‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 114‬ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬ ‫‪32/16/FAT12‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺻﻔﺮ )ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ‪/‬ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‬

‫‪×4‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻣﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ )‪ 8 × M5‬ﻣﻢ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬

‫)‪ (E‬ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‬ ‫)‪ (D‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪/NATURAL/JAZZ/EASY/POPS/ROCK/POWERFUL/TOP40/DRIVE EQ‬‬ ‫‪PRESET EQ‬‬

‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‪...‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫• ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.5‬‬